8.2.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

Tools: ARFCN - Frequency Conversion for 5G NR/LTE/UMTS/GSM

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.

Table 8.2.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)

Parameter	Unit	Value	Comments
Inter-TTI Distance		1
Number of HARQ processes	Processes	8	For FDD, 8 HARQ processes in the DL, as specified in TS 36.213 [10] clause 7. All 8 HARQ processes are used.
Scheduling of retransmissions			1. Retransmissions use the same Transport Block Size (TBS) as the initial transmission. 2. HARQ processes are scheduled consecutively, independent of the fact, whether retransmissions (for negatively acknowledged HARQ processes) or new transmissions (for positively acknowledged HARQ processes) occur.
Maximum number of HARQ transmission		4	It is always 4 for FDD, as specified in TS 36.213 [10] clause 8
Redundancy version coding sequence		{0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and 256QAM
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH	OFDM symbols	4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and 5 MHz bandwidths, 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz bandwidths unless otherwise stated	The PCFICH carries information about the number of OFDM symbols used for transmission of PDCCHs in a subframe, as specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.7
Cyclic Prefix		Normal	CP consist of the following physical resource blocks (RBs) parameters: 12 consecutive subcarriers at a 15 kHz spacing and 7 OFDM symbols, as specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.2.3
Cell ID		0 (Note 1)	The Cell ID is uniquely defined by a number in the range of 0 to 503, representing the physical-layer cell identity, as specified in TS 36.211 [8] clause 6.11.
Cross carrier scheduling		Not configured
Note 1: For CA tests, Cell ID = 0 applies to P-Cell. For (n)th S-Cell, Cell ID = n is used.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.

8.2.1.1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.1.1.1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance

Editor’s note: SNR requirement for 4Rx UE without 2Rx RF bands are still in square brackets

8.2.1.1.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE‘s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on a single-antenna port with different channel models and MCS.

8.2.1.1.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.1.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing

Parameter		Unit	Test 1- 5	Test 6- 8	Test 9- 15	Test 16- 18
Downlink power allocation		dB	0	0	0	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98	-98	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)	OCNG (Note 2)	OCNG (Note 2)	OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK	16QAM	64QAM	16QAM
PDSCH transmission mode			1	1	1	1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UE‘ s with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz (Note 1)	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0	≥1
2	10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	-0.4	≥1
3	10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 Low	70	0.0	≥1
4	10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	HST	1×2	70	-2.4	≥1
5	1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	0.0	≥1
6	10 MHz	R.3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	6.7	≥2
	5 MHz (Note 2)	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	6.7	≥2
7	10 MHz	R.3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.4	≥2
	5 MHz (Note 2)	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.4	≥2
8	10 MHz	R.3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	9.4	≥2
	5 MHz (Note 2)	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	9.4	≥2
9	3 MHz	R.5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6	≥1
10	5 MHz	R.6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.4	≥2
11	10 MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.7	≥2
12	10 MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	19.0	≥2
13	10 MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	19.1	≥2
14	15 MHz	R.8 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.7	≥2
15	20 MHz	R.9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6	≥3
16	3 MHz	R.0 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.9	≥1
17	10 MHz	R.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.9	≥1
18	20 MHz	R.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.9	≥1
Note 1: Test 1 may not be executed for UE-s for which Test 1 in section 8.2.1.1.1_A.2 is applicable. Note 2: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Frequencies to be tested for 1PRB allocation: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.9 for UE with 2Rx RF band and Annex A, Figure A.9a for 4Rx capable UE without any 2Rx RF bands.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1and 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1.4.3.

8.2.1.1.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1.5-1as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.1.1.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.1.1.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1: Test requirement (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for UE with 2Rx RF band	SNR (dB) for 4Rx UE without 2Rx RF bands	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	[-1.7]	≥1
2	10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	+0.4	[-1.1]	≥1
3	10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 Low	70	+0.8	[-0.7]	≥1
4	10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	HST	1×2	70	-1.8	[-3.3]	≥1
5	1.4 MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+0.8	[-0.7]	≥1
6	10 MHz	R.3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+7.5	[+6.0]	≥2
	5 MHz (Note 2)	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+7.5	[+6.0]	≥2
7	10 MHz	R.3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	+2.2	[+0.7]	≥2
	5 MHz (Note 2)	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	+2.2	[+0.7]	≥2
8	10 MHz	R.3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	+10.2	[+8.7]	≥2
	5 MHz (Note 2)	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	+10.2	[+8.7]	≥2
9	3 MHz	R.5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.4	[+16.9]	≥1
10	5 MHz	R.6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.2	[+16.7]	≥2
11	10 MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.5	[+16.0]	≥2
12	10 MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	+19.8	[+18.3]	≥2
13	10 MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	+19.9	[+18.4]	≥2
14	15 MHz	R.8 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.5	[+17.0]	≥2
15	20 MHz	R.9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.4	[+16.9]	≥3
16	3 MHz	R.0 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	+2.7	[+1.2]	≥1
17	10 MHz	R.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	+2.7	[+1.2]	≥1
18	20 MHz	R.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	+2.7	[+1.2]	≥1
Note 1: N/A. Note 2: Test case is applicable (according to sub clause 8.1.2.1) to UE’s which, from the E-UTRA operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1, support only E-UTRA band 31. NOTE 3: The SNR requirement for 4Rx capable UEs is as specified in 8.1.2.6.1.

8.2.1.1.1_1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.1.1.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 9 and forward of UE category 1 and 2.

8.2.1.1.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing

Parameter		Unit	Test 1- 5	Test 6- 8	Test 9	Test 10- 15	Test 16- 18
Downlink power allocation		dB	N/A	0	N/A	0	N/A
		dB		0 (Note 1)		0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB		0		0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz		-98		-98
Symbols for unused PRBs				OCNG (Note 2)		OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation				16QAM		64QAM
PDSCH transmission mode				1		1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	N/A
2	N/A
3	N/A
4	N/A
5	N/A
6	5 MHz	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	6.7	1
7	5 MHz	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	1.4	1
8	5 MHz	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	9.4	1
9	N/A
10	5 MHz	R.6-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.5	1
11	10 MHz	R.7-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	16.7	1
12	10 MHz	R.7-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	18.1	1
13	10 MHz	R.7-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	17.8	1
14	15 MHz	R.8-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	16.8	1
15	20 MHz	R.9-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.3	2
15	20 MHz	R.9-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	16.7	1
16	N/A
17	N/A
18	N/A

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.5-1.

8.2.1.1.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_1.5-1: Test requirement (FRC)

Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Bandwidth	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	N/A
2	N/A
3	N/A
4	N/A
5	N/A
6	5 MHz	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+7.5	1
7	5 MHz	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	30	+2.2	1
8	5 MHz	R.3-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	1×2 High	70	+10.2	1
9	N/A
10	5 MHz	R.6-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.3	1
11	10 MHz	R.7-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+17.5	1
12	10 MHz	R.7-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	1×2 Low	70	+18.9	1
13	10 MHz	R.7-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 High	70	+18.6	1
14	15 MHz	R.8-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+17.6	1
15	20 MHz	R.9-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+18.1	2
15	20 MHz	R.9-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	+17.5	1
16	N/A
17	N/A
18	N/A

8.2.1.1.1_2 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance (Release 10 and forward)

8.2.1.1.1_2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 10 and forward.

8.2.1.1.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.41 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-5.4

≥1

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_2.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.5-1.

8.2.1.1.1_2.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.1.1.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.1.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.5-1.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_2.5-1: Test requirement (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.41 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

1×2 Low

-4.6

≥1

8.2.1.1.1_A FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA

8.2.1.1.1_A.1 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (2DL CA)

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on a single-antenna port with different channel models and MCS.

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to E-UTRA FDD release 10 and forward UE of category 2 or higher that supports inter-band OR intra-band contiguous DL CA.

This test also applies to E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of category 2 or higher that supports intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For QPSK and 64QAM performance the bandwidths specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1 are verified.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-2. Note 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA with 2DL CCs

Test num.	Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value		UE category
						Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1	≥3 (Note 2)
2	2×20 MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3	≥5
3	2×5 MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0	≥2
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.2 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7	≥3
		R.42-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD			70	-1.0
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.42-3 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6	≥3
		R.42-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD			70	-1.0
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.42-1 FDD for 3MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1	≥3
		R.42-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD			70	-1.0
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: 30usec timing difference between two CCs is applied in inter-band CA case. Note 3: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.1 with 2 DL CCs.

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4-1

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	10+10	20+20	5+5	10+5	15+5	3+5
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test5	Test5	Test6
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select any one of the UE supported CA capabilities and then moving from left to right select the first CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.35 as appropriate for CC on 2Rx supported RF band and Annex A, Figure A.86 for CC on 4Rx supported RF band.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4.3.

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carriers according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.1.1.1_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.5-1: Test requirement (FRC)

Test num.	Bandwidth Combination	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value			UE category
Test num.	Bandwidth Combination	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band	UE category
1	2×10 MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3	-1.8	≥3
2	2×20 MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5	-2.0	≥5
3	2×5 MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7	≥2
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.2 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4	≥3
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.42-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7	≥3
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.42-3 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3	≥3
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.42-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7	≥3
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.42-1 FDD for 3MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3	-1.8	≥3
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.42-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7	≥3
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: 30usec or 922*Ts timing difference between two CCs is applied in inter-band CA case. Note 3: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3. Note 4: The SNR requirement for CC on 4Rx supported RF band is as specified in 8.1.2.6.2.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.1.1_A.2 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (3DL CA)

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 10 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a (UE categories 5 and onwards).

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-1: Test Parameters for CA (3DL CA)

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-3. Note 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
7	15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+15MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
10	10MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 per CC		≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3 Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4-1

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	3×20	20+20+15	20+20+10	20+15+15	20+15+10	20+10+10	15+15+10	20+10+5	20+15+5	10+10+5
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA3_C)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA3_A3)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA3_N2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.59 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.86 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4.3.

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

For CA with 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1: Single carrier Test requirement for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2RX Supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4RX Supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5	-2.0
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3	-1.8
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2	-1.7
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8	-2.3
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9	-2.4

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
7	15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+15MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
10	10MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.2.5-1 per CC		≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3 Note 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.1.1_A.3 Void

8.2.1.1.1_A.4 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (4DL CA)

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-3. Note 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	≥8
2	10MHz+20MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	≥8
3	10MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	≥8
4	5MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	≥8
5	5MHz+10MHz+10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	≥8
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3. NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4-1

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	4×20	10+20+20+20	10+10+20+20	5+10+20+20	5+10+10+20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA4_N2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4.3.

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

For CA with 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1: Single carrier Test requirement for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	≥8
2	10MHz+20MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	≥8
3	10MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	≥8
4	5MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	≥8
5	5MHz+10MHz+10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	≥8
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3 NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.1.1_A.5 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (5 DL CA)

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-3. Note 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
3	10MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
4	2x10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
5	5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
6	3x10MHz+2x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
7	4x10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3 NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4-1

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability

Bandwidth combination

5×20

15+4×20

10+4×20

2×10+3×20

5+10+3×20

3×10+2×20

4×10+20

Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Inter-band CA (four bands)

(CA5_A4)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Inter-band CA (five bands)

(CA5_A5)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks)

(CA5_N2)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Note 1: Only one test point is tested.
Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4.3.

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

For CA with 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1: Single carrier Test requirement for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
3	10MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
4	2x10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
5	5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
6	3x10MHz+2x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
7	4x10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3. NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.1.1_A.6 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (6 DL CA)

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.2 Test applicability

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 6DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2d.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-3. Note 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.

CA Band-width combination

Requirement

UE category

6x20MHz

As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-2 per CC

8, ≥11

NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell, which is not within the same band or sub-block as PCell, is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.1-1

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	6×20
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.3.

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.1.1.1_A.6.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.5-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.5-1.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.5-1: Single carrier Test requirement for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.

CA Band-width combination

Requirement

UE category

6x20MHz

As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.6.5-1 per CC

8, ≥11

NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.1.1_A.7 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for CA (7 DL CA)

Editor’s note: The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– Applicability spec.

– Annex F and Annex G

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.2 Test applicability

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 7DL with CA configurations in Table [7.1-2e].

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: . Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.5.3-3. Note 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.3
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.1
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.0
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.6
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-1.7

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7DL CCs

Test num.

CA Band-width combination

Requirement

UE category

7x20MHz

As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-2 per CC

8, ≥11

NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell, which is not within the same band or sub-block as PCell, is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.1-1

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM1 CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	7×20
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.3.

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCCs configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.1.1.1_A.7.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.5-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.5-1.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.5-1: Single carrier Test requirement for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.5
3MHz	R.42-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.3
5MHz	R.42-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.2
10MHz	R.2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9
15MHz	R.42-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.8
20MHz	R.42 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	-0.9

Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.

CA Band-width combination

Requirement

UE category

7x20MHz

As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1_A.7.5-1 per CC

8, ≥11

NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.1.2 FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance with 1 PRB in presence of MBSFN

8.2.1.1.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.1.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward.

8.2.1.1.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.1.2.3-1, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.1.1.2.3-2, for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.1.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation

Parameter	Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for MBSFN portion of MBSFN subframes (Note 2)			OCNG (Note 3)
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the first slot. Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes, QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.

Table 8.2.1.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance 1 PRB allocation (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.29 FDD

OP.3 FDD

ETU70

1×2 Low

2.0

1-8

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.1.

8.2.1.1.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Low Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.1.1.2.3-2as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.9.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.1.2.3-1as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.1.2.4.3.

8.2.1.1.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.1.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.1.2.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.1.2.5-1as appropriate.

8.2.1.1.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.1.2.4.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional FDD PDSCH Single Antenna Port Performance for 1 PRB allocation with MBSFN subframes test point 1 requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 SystemInformationBlockType2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SystemInformationBlockType2 ::= SEQUENCE {
mbsfn-SubframeConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1	Every radio frame is with MBSFN subframe
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE {
oneFrame	111111	Subframe 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 is used for MBSFN	FDD
}
}

8.2.1.1.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.1.2.3-1defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.1.2.5-1for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.1.2.5-1: Test requirement 1 PRB allocation with MBSFN subframes (FRC)

Test number

Bandwidth

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.29 FDD

OP.3 FDD

ETU70

1×2 Low

+2.8

1-8

8.2.1.2 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.1.2.1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2

Editor’s note: SNR requirement for 4Rx UE without 2Rx RF bands are still in square brackets

8.2.1.2.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.2.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For transmit diversity (SFBC) performance with 2 transmitter antennas as specified.

Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			2
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	6.8	2-8
	5 MHz (Note 1)	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	5.9	2-8
2	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	HST	2×2	70	-2.3	1-8
Note 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.

8.2.1.2.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2 for UE with 2Rx RF band and Annex A, Figure A.10a for 4Rx capable UE without any 2Rx RF bands.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.2.1.4.3.

8.2.1.2.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.2.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each test interval in Table 8.2.1.2.1.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.1.2.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.1.2.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.2.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.2.1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for UE with 2Rx RF band	SNR (dB) for 4Rx UE without 2Rx RF bands	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	7.7	NA	2-8
	5 MHz (Note 1)	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	6.8	NA	2-8
2	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	HST	2×2	70	-1.7	[-3.2]	1-8
Note 1: Test case is applicable (according to sub clause 8.1.2.1) to UE’s which, from the E-UTRA operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1, support only E-UTRA band 31. NOTE 2: The SNR requirement for 4Rx capable UEs is as specified in 8.1.2.6.1

8.2.1.2.1_1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.1.2.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.2.1.1.

8.2.1.2.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 9 and forward of UE category 1.

8.2.1.2.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.2.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			2
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5 MHz

R.11-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

2×2 Medium

5.9

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.

8.2.1.2.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.2.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.5-1.

8.2.1.2.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.1.2.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.1.2.1_1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

5 MHz

R.11-2 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

2×2 Medium

+6.8

8.2.1.2.2 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4×2

8.2.1.2.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using transmit diversity (SFBC-FSTD).

8.2.1.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward.

8.2.1.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-2 for the specified SNR. For transmit diversity (SFBC) performance with 4 transmitter antennas as specified.

Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			2
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.12 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Medium

0.6

1-8

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.

8.2.1.2.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.11 for antenna configuration 4×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.2.2.4.3.

8.2.1.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.2.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.2.2.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.2.2.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.2.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation test point 1 requirement

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-3
}

8.2.1.2.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.2.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.2.2.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

1.4 MHz

R.12 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Medium

1.5

1-8

8.2.1.2.2_1 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 4×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.1.2.2_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.2.2.1.

8.2.1.2.2_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 9 and forward.

8.2.1.2.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.2.2.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Transmit Diversity Performance

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			2
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU70

4×2 Low

-0.9

1-8

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.

8.2.1.2.2_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.2.2.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.5-1.

8.2.1.2.2_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.1.2.2.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.2.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.2.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.1.2.2_1.5-1: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU70

4×2 Low

1-8

8.2.1.2.3 8.2.1.2.3_C FDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for eICIC

8.2.1.2.3_C.1 FDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for eICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS of the aggressor cell.

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 10 and forward. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 115.

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Table C.3.3-1 in Annex C.3.3, respectively.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3
	σ	dB	0	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-102 (Note 2)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-94.8 (Note 4)	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3-2	6
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
Cell Id			0	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000` 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111011 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			2	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11-4 FDD Note 4	OP.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	EVA 5	2×2 Medium	70	3.4	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.3.

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.40 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up for Cell1 according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.4.3.

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell1 and Cell2 according to Tables 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5-1, 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5-2, C.3.3-1 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate, and SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2

2. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.4.3-1: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional FDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-16 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1000000010000000100000001000000010000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1100010011000000110000001100000011000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘0011101100111111001111110011111100111111’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3
	σ	dB	0	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-102.1 (Note 2)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-94.9 (Note 4)	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5-2	5.8
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
Cell Id			0	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111011 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			2	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_C.1.5-2: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11-4 FDD Note 4	OP.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	EVA 5	2×2 Medium	70	4.3	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

8.2.1.2.3_D

8.2.1.2.3_E FDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for feICIC

8.2.1.2.3_E.1 FDD PDSCH Transmit diversity 2×2 for feICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [14] of the aggressor cells with CRS assistance information.

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE and CRS interference handling – Category ≥2 release 11 and forward. Applicability requires support of FGI bit 115.

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information TS 36.331 [5] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.3-2	12	10
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
PDSCH transmission mode			2	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.3-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions (Note 1)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)

Reference Value

UE Category

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)

SNR (dB) (Note 3)

R.11-4 FDD

(Note 4)

OP.1FDD

EVA5

2×2 Medium

3.4

≥2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.

Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel.

Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.3A.

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up for Cell 1 according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.4.3.

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, according to Tables 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5-1, 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5-2, and C.3.3.2 of Annex C.3.3. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC.

2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5.1 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.4.3-1: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional FDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5, Table 5.2A.5.1.1-2 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1000000010000000 1000000010000000 10000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
CRS-AssistancedInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11{		2 entries
CRS-AssistancedInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11	126		Cell 2
	1		Cell 3
antennaPortsCount-r11	an2		Cell 2, Cell 3
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig{			Cell 2, Cell 3
MBSFN-SubframeConfig:: = SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE{
oneFrame	‘000000’ B	non-MBSFN
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH transmit diversity performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93.1 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5-2	11.8	9.8
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
PDSCH transmission mode			2	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.2.3_E.1.5-2: Test requirement Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions (Note 1)			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)	SNR (dB) (Note 3)	UE Category
1	R.11-4 FDD (Note 4)	OP.1FDD	OP.1FDD	OP.1FDD	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Medium	70	4.3	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1. Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

8.2.1.2.4 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 with TM3 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A

8.2.1.2.4.1 Test purpose

The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.5.2.

8.2.1.2.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 11 and forward that support enhanced receiver Type A.

8.2.1.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.4.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.2.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.1.2.4.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.1.2.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-2.23	-8.06
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			2	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.2	As specified in clause B.5.2
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-0	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note5)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			2	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: Cell 2 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.33 ms and Cell 3 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.67 ms. Note 5: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5 and #0.

Table 8.2.1.2.4.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.46 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EVA70	EVA70	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	-1.1	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.4.

8.2.1.2.4.4 Test description

8.2.1.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.2.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.4.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.2.4.4.3.

8.2.1.2.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.2.4.5-1 and 8.2.1.2.4.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1 and #6 (Table A.2.2.1.1-1).

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.1.2.4.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SINR according to Tables 8.2.1.2.4.5-1 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5-14 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.2.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

Table 8.2.1.2.4.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig	CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.1.2.4.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex	0
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex	2	(see Table 7.2.2-1A in TS 36.213)
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI	NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex	NULL	(see Table 7.2.2-1B in TS 36.213)
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI	FALSE
}
}
}

8.2.1.2.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.2.4.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.2.4.5-2 for the specified SINR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.1.2.4.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-1.88	-7.21
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			2	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.2	As specified in clause B.5.2
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-0	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note5)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			2	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: Cell 2 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.33 ms and Cell 3 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.67 ms. Note 5: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5 and #0.

Table 8.2.1.2.4.5-2: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.46 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EVA70	EVA70	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	-0.15	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.1.2.5 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 with TM2 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B

8.2.1.2.5.1 Test purpose

The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two interfering cells applying transmission mode 2 interference model defined in clause B.6.1.

8.2.1.2.5.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 12 and forward that support enhanced performance requirement Type B.

8.2.1.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.5.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.2.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.1.2.5.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.1.2.5.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	-3	-3
		σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	13.91	3.34
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	6	1
Number of control OFDM symbols				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH				3	3	3
PDSCH transmission mode				2	2	2
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.1	As specified in clause B.6.1
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2	3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200	300
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.1.2.5.3-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	15.5	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.5.

8.2.1.2.5.4 Test description

8.2.1.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.2.5.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.5.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.2.5.4.3.

8.2.1.2.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.2.1.2.5.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.1.2.5.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.2.5.5-2 as appropriate.

5. The SS shall release all NAICS configuration in the UE using procedure in TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.6.1 with the condition NAICS_RELEASE.

8.2.1.2.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and clause 5.2A.6.2 with the condition SRB2-DRB_NAICS(n,m).

8.2.1.2.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.2.5.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.2.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.1.2.5.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3	-3
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	-3	-3
		σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	14.71	4.14
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	6	1
Number of control OFDM symbols				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH				3	3	3
PDSCH transmission mode				2	2	2
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.1	As specified in clause B.6.1
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2	3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200	300
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 3)	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.1.2.5.5-2: Test Requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	17.35	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.1.2.6 FDD PDSCH Transmit Diversity 2×2 with TM9 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B

8.2.1.2.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.2.6.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 12 and forward that support enhanced performance requirement Type B.

8.2.1.2.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.6.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.2.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.1.2.6.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.1.2.6.3-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	0	0
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	0	0
		σ	dB	0	-3	-3
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	3.28	0.74
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	1	6
Number of control OFDM symbols				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH				3	Random from set {1,2,3}	Random from set {1,2,3}
PDSCH transmission mode				2	9	9
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.4	As specified in clause B.6.4
CSI reference signals				N/A	Antenna ports 15,16	Antenna ports 15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T_CSI-RS / ∆_CSI-RS			Subframes	N/A	10 / 1	10 / 1
CSI reference signal configuration				N/A	6	7
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration I_CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap			Subframes / bitmap	N/A	6 / 0100000000000000	6 / 0010000000000000
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	5	-5
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	600	-600
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 4)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: CSI-RS configurations are according to [8] subclause 6.10.5.2. NOTE 4: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.1.2.6.3-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	8.4	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.2.6.

8.2.1.2.6.4 Test description

8.2.1.2.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.2.6.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.2.6.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.2.6.4.3.

8.2.1.2.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.2.6.5-1 and 8.2.1.2.6.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.1.2.6.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.2.6.5-2 as appropriate.

5. The SS shall release all NAICS configuration in the UE using procedure in TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.6.1 with the condition NAICS_RELEASE.

8.2.1.2.6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and clause 5.2A.6.2 with the condition SRB2-DRB_NAICS(n,m).

8.2.1.2.6.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.2.6.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.2.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.1.2.6.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	0	0
			dB	-3 (NOTE 1)	0	0
		σ	dB	0	-3	-3
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
			dB	N/A	4.08	1.54
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id				0	1	6
Number of control OFDM symbols				3	3	3
CFI indicated in PCFICH				3	Random from set {1,2,3}	Random from set {1,2,3}
PDSCH transmission mode				2	9	9
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.4	As specified in clause B.6.4
CSI reference signals				N/A	Antenna ports 15,16	Antenna ports 15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset T_CSI-RS / ∆_CSI-RS			Subframes	N/A	10 / 1	10 / 1
CSI reference signal configuration				N/A	6	7
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration I_CSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap			Subframes / bitmap	N/A	6 / 0100000000000000	6 / 0010000000000000
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	5	-5
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	600	-600
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured	Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (NOTE 4)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}	{2,3,4,8,9}
NOTE 1: NOTE 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. NOTE 3: CSI-RS configurations are according to [8] subclause 6.10.5.2. NOTE 4: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331[5].

Table 8.2.1.2.6.5-2: Test Requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM9 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (NOTE 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (NOTE 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	9.94	≥1
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.1.3 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.1.3.1 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2

8.2.1.3.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 8 and forward UE of category 2 or higher..

8.2.1.3.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1 (Note 1)	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0	≥2
2 (Note 2)	5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.7	≥2
Note 1: Test 1 may not be executed for UE-s for which Test 1 in 8.2.1.3.1_A.2 is applicable. Note 2: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.3.1.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.3.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.3.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1.5-1: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	≥2
2 (Note 2)	5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6	≥2
Note 1: N/A Note 2: Test case is applicable (according to sub clause 8.1.2.1) to UE’s which, from the E-UTRA operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1, support only E-UTRA band 31.

8.2.1.3.1_1 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 (Release 11 and forward)

8.2.1.3.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.3.1.1.

8.2.1.3.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of category 2 or higher 8.2.1.3.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.3.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value			UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	10 MHz	R.35 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA200	2×2 Low	70	20.2		≥2
2	10 MHz	R.35-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	2×2 Low	70	19.7	≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.3.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.3.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.5-1.

8.2.1.3.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 8.2.1.3.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.3.1.3-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.3.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.5-1.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_1.5-1: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.35 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA200	2×2 Low	70	[21.1]	≥2
2	10 MHz	R.35-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU300	2×2 Low	70	20.6	≥2

8.2.1.3.1_A FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA

8.2.1.3.1_A.1 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (2DL CA)

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to

E-UTRA FDD release 10 and forward UE of category 2 or higher that supports inter-band OR intra-band contiguous DL CA

This test also applies to E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of category 2 or higher that supports intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-1 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1 – 6
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
dB 0at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH Transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Test num	Bandwidth	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value		UE category
						Fraction of maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	≥3
2	2×20 MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	≥5
3	2×5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.7	≥2
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.11 FDD for 10MHz CC,	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.0	≥3
		R.11-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	12.7
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.11-7 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8	≥3
		R.11-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)			70	12.7
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.11-6 FDD for 3MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3	≥3
		R.11-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)			70	12.3
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: Void Note 3: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.1-1

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 2DLCA

CA Capability	Bandwidth Combination
CA Capability	10+10	20+20	5+5	10+5	15+5	3+5
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test 1	Test 2	Test 3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the first bandwidth combination (moving from left to right) supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.36 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC and Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3-1A.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carrier according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval on both the component carrier.

7. Repeat steps from 1 to 6 for each subtest in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.5-1 depending on UE CA capability as defined in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.1-1 and as appropriate.

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.5-1: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Test num	Bandwidth	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value			UE category
Test num	Bandwidth	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band	UE category
1	2×10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.6	13.1	≥3
2	2×20 MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6	≥5
3	2×5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6	12.1	≥2
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.11 FDD for 10MHz CC,	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.9	12.4	≥3
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.11-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.6	11.1	≥3
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.11-7 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2	≥3
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.11-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6	12.1	≥3
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.11-6 FDD for 3MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	≥3
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.11-2 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7	≥3
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: Void. Note 3: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.3.1_A.2 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (3DL CA)

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 10 and forward UE of category 5 or higher that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: . Note 2: PUCCH format 3 with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-3. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
7	15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+15MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
10	10MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 3DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	3×20	20+20+15	20+20+10	20+15+15	20+15+10	20+10+10	15+15+10	20+10+5	20+15+5	10+10+5
Intra-band contiguous (CA3_C)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA3_A3)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA3_N2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.60 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. Theparameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5	13
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2	11.7
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7	12.2
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8	12.3

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
7	15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+15MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
10	10MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.3.1_A.3 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (4DL CA)

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 4 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: . Note 2: PUCCH format 3 with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-3. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥8
2	10MHz+20MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥8
3	10MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥8
4	5MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥8
5	5MHz+10MHz+10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥8
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 4DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	4×20	10+20+20+20	10+10+20+20	5+10+20+20	5+10+10+20
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA4_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA4_A4)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA4_N2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥8
2	10MHz+20MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥8
3	10MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥8
4	5MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥8
5	5MHz+10MHz+10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥8
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.3.1_A.4 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (5DL CA)

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 5DL CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 5 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: . Note 2: PUCCH format 3 with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-3. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
3	10MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
4	2x10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
5	5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
6	3x10MHz+2x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
7	4x10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 5DL CA

CA Capability

Bandwidth combination

5×20

15+4×20

10+4×20

2×10+3×20

5+10+3×20

3×10+2×20

4×10+20

Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Inter-band CA (four bands)

(CA5_A4)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Inter-band CA (five bands)

(CA5_A5)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks)

(CA5_N2)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested.
For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
3	10MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
4	2x10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
5	5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
6	3x10MHz+2x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
7	4x10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.3.1_A.5 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (6DL CA)

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 6DL CA configurations in Table 7.1-2d.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: . Note 2: PUCCH format 3 with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-3. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	6x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 6DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	6×20
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1_A.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	6x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.3.1_A.6 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for CA (7DL CA)

Editor’s note: The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– Applicability spec.

–

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.2 Test applicability

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 7DL CA configurations in Table [7.1-2e].

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: . Note 2: PUCCH format 3 with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.4.3-3. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.6
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.3
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.8
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	12.9

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	7x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select according to Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM3 7DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	7×20
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. For each UE supported CA capability, select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.4.3-1A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	11	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1_A.6.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.11-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.5
3MHz	R.11-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
5MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
10MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8
15MHz	R.11-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.7
20MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.8

Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	7x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1_A.6.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.3.1A FDD Soft buffer management test

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1 FDD PDSCH Soft buffer management test for CA (2 DL CA)

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to E-UTRA FDD UE category 3 and 4 release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA or inter-band DL CA.

This test applies also to E-UTRA FDD UE category 3 and 4 release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C. The purpose is to verify the UE performance with proper instantaneous buffer implementation.

Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-7
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: Note 2: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK. Note 3: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA

Test num	Bandwidth	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
						Fraction of maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×20 MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.2
2	15MHz + 10MHz	R.35-2 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	15.1
		R.35-3 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	15.1
3	20MHz + 10MHz	R.30 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
		R.11 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	13.5
4	20MHz + 15MHz	R.30 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	13.5
		R.30-1 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	13.5
5	2×20 MHz	R.35-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	15.8
6	20MHz + 10MHz	R.35-1 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	15.9
		R.35-3 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	15.9
7	20MHz + 15MHz	R.35-1 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	15.9
		R.35-2 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	15.9
Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: For Test 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 the Fraction of maximum Throughput applies to each CC. Note 3: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-3: Test points for soft buffer management tests for CA

UE category	Bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth (Note 1)
UE category	2x20MHz	15MHz+10MHz	20MHz+10MHz	20MHz+15MHz
3	1	2	3	4
4	5	N/A	6	7
Note 1: Maximum over all supported CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets according to Table 5.4.2A.1-1 and Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.1A.

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.4-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.4-1.

Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.4-1: Test point selection soft buffer management tests for CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	20+20	20+15	20+10	15+10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test 1 or 5	Test 4 or 7	Test 3 or 6	Test 2
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test 1 or 5	Test 4 or 7	Test 3 or 6	Test 2
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test 1 or 5	Test 4 or 7	Test 3 or 6	Test 2
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities. Note 2: One of the two tests per table position is selected, depending on UE category.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.36 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.85 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1 Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carrier according to Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Same Message contents as 8.2.1.3.1_A.1.4.3

8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1A_A.1.5-1: Test Requirement soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA

Test num	Bandwidth	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Test num	Bandwidth	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1	2×20 MHz	R.30 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.1	12.6
2	15MHz + 10MHz	R.35-2 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.0	14.5
2	15MHz + 10MHz	R.35-3 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.0	14.5
3	20MHz + 10MHz	R.30 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.4	12.9
3	20MHz + 10MHz	R.11 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.4	12.9
4	20MHz + 15MHz	R.30 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.4	12.9
4	20MHz + 15MHz	R.30-1 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA70	2×2 Low	70	14.4	12.9
5	2×20 MHz	R.35-1 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.7	15.2
6	20MHz + 10MHz	R.35-1 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.8	15.3
6	20MHz + 10MHz	R.35-3 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.8	15.3
7	20MHz + 15MHz	R.35-1 FDD for 20MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.8	15.3
7	20MHz + 15MHz	R.35-2 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	16.8	15.3
Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: For Test 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 the Fraction of maximum Throughput applies to each CC. Note 3: There is no applicable test point for a UE supporting max 10+10 MHz bandwidth combination. Note 4: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4.

8.2.1.3.1A_A.2 Void

8.2.1.3.1B FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C

8.2.1.3.1B.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.1B.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 12 and forward UE of Category 2 or higher that support enhanced receiver Type C.

8.2.1.3.1B.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1B.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1B.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.1.3.1B.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1: .

Table 8.2.1.3.1B.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test num

Bandwidth

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-

gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

UE category

Fraction of maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA70

2×2 Medium

17.8

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.1B.

8.2.1.3.1B.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1B.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.1B.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1B.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1B.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1B.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1B.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1B.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.3.1B.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.3.1B.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.3.1B.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1B.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1B.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.1B.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1B.5-1: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test num

Bandwidth

Reference channel

OCNG pattern

Propa-

gation condi-tion

Correlation matrix and antenna config.

Reference value

UE category

Fraction of maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA70

2×2 Medium

18.7

≥2

8.2.1.3.1C FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 with TM1 Interference – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C

8.2.1.3.1C.1 Test purpose

The purpose is to verify the performance of open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell with transmission mode 1.

8.2.1.3.1C.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 12 and forward UE of Category 2 or higher that support enhanced receiver Type C.

8.2.1.3.1C.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1C.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1C.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.1.3.1C.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2 respectively.

Table 8.2.1.3.1C.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Bandwidth		MHz	10 MHz
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	0
			-3 (Note 1)	0
	σ		0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna port 0
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal
Cell ID			0	1
Transmission mode			3	Note 2
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A
(Note 3)		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.1C.3-2	12.95
Correlation and antenna configuration			Medium (2×2)	Medium(1×2)
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH			2	N/A
Max number of HARQ transmissions			4	N/A
Redundancy version coding sequence			{0,1,2,3}	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.2 applying OCNG pattern OP.5 FDD as defined in Annex A.5.1.5. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 5: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.1C.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1		R.11-8 FDD	OP.1 FDD	OP.5 FDD	EVA70	EVA70	70	19.9	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.1C.

8.2.1.3.1C.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.1C.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.1C.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.62.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.1C.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.1C.4.3.

8.2.1.3.1C.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1C.5-1 and 8.2.1.3.1C.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 according to Table 8.2.1.3.1C.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.3.1C.5-1 and Table 8.2.1.3.1C.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.1.3.1C.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.3.1C.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.1C.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.1C.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.1C.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.1C.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Bandwidth		MHz	10 MHz
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	0
			-3 (Note 1)	0
	σ		0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna port 0
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal
Cell ID			0	1
Transmission mode			3	Note 2
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A
(Note 3)		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.1C.5-2	13.75
Correlation and antenna configuration			Medium (2×2)	Medium(1×2)
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH			2	N/A
Max number of HARQ transmissions			4	N/A
Redundancy version coding sequence			{0,1,2,3}	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.2 applying OCNG pattern OP.5 FDD as defined in Annex A.5.1.5. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 5: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.1C.5-2: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Large Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1		R.11-8 FDD	OP.1 FDD	OP.5 FDD	EVA70	EVA70	70	21.8	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

8.2.1.3.2 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 4×2

8.2.1.3.2.1 Test purpose

8.2.1.3.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8 and forward of UE category ≥2.

8.2.1.3.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.2.3-1 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.1.3.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
Note 1:

Table 8.2.1.3.2.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA70

4×2 Low

14.3

2-8

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.

8.2.1.3.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.2.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.11 for antenna configuration 4×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.2.4.3.

8.2.1.3.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.2.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.3.2.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.3.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.3.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.1.3.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm3	1111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.2.5-1: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA70

4×2 Low

15.2

2-8

8.2.1.3.3_C FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for eICIC

8.2.1.3.3_C.1 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for eICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS of the aggressor cell.

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 10 and forward. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 115.

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Table C.3.3-1 in Annex C.3.3, respectively.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3-1 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3
	σ	dB	0	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-102 (Note 2)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-94.8 (Note 4)	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3-2	6
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Cell Id			0	1
Time Offset between Cells		μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)	C_CSI,0		11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)	C_CSI,1		00111011 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			3	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal
Note 1: Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5] Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 FDD Note 4	OP.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	13.3	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.3.

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.40 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4.3.

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell1 and Cell2 according to Tables 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5-1, 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5-2, C.3.3-1 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate, and SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
`antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4.3-2: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-16 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1000000010000000100000001000000010000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1100010011000000110000001100000011000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘0011101100111111001111110011111100111111’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3
	σ	dB	0	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-102.1 (Note 2)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-94.9 (Note 4)	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5-2	5.8
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Cell Id			0	1
Time Offset between Cells		μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)	C_CSI,0		11000100 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 7)	C_CSI,1		00111011 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			3	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal
Note 1: Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5] Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.1.5-2: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 FDD Note 4	OP.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	14.2	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

8.2.1.3.3_C.2 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for eICIC (MBSFN ABS)

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS of the aggressor cell.

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 10 and forward. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 115.

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

In Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Table C.3.3-1 in Annex C.3.3, respectively.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3
	σ	dB	0	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-102 (Note 2)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-94.8 (Note 4)	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3-2	6
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	MBSFN
Cell Id			0	126
Time Offset between Cells		μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern(Note 5)			N/A	0001000000 0100000010 0000001000 0000000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 6)			0001000000 0100000010 0000001000 0000000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets(Note 7)	C_CSI,0		0001000000 0100000010 0000001000 0000000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets(Note 7)	C_CSI,1		1110111111 1011111101 1111110111 1111111111	N/A
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 10)			N/A	001000 100001 000100 000000
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			3	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. The 4^th, 12^th, 19^th and 27^th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [5], four frames with 24 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation. Note 11: The maximum number of uplink HARQ transmission is ≤ 2 so that each PHICH channel transmission is in a subframe protected by MBSFN ABS in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) MBSFN ABS

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 FDD Note 4	OP.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	12.0	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 4 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.3.

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.40 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.3.

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell1 and Cell2 according to Tables 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5-1, 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5-2, C.3.3-1 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate, and SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.3-2: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-16 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘0001000000010000001000000010000000000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘0001000000010000001000000010000000000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1110111111101111110111111101111111111111’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.4.3-4: SystemInformationBlockType3: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-2 SystemInformationBlockType3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
SystemInformationBlockType3 ::= SEQUENCE {
neighCellConfig	‘00’B (Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as serving cell)		Cell 1
}

8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3
	σ	dB	0	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-102.1 (Note 2)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-94.9 (Note 4)	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5-2	5.8
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	MBSFN
Cell Id			0	126
Time Offset between Cells		μs	2.5 (synchronous cells)
ABS pattern(Note 5)			N/A	0001000000 0100000010 0000001000 0000000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern(Note 6)			0001000000 0100000010 0000001000 0000000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets(Note 7)	C_CSI,0		0001000000 0100000010 0000001000 0000000000	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets(Note 7)	C_CSI,1		1110111111 1011111101 1111110111 1111111111	N/A
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 10)			N/A	001000 100001 000100 000000
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			3	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS. Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. The 4^th, 12^th, 19^th and 27^th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are MBSFN ABS subframes. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the same. Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test. Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [5], four frames with 24 bits is chosen for MBSFN subframe allocation. Note 11: The maximum number of uplink HARQ transmission is ≤ 2 so that each PHICH channel transmission is in a subframe protected by MBSFN ABS in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_C.2.5-2: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern		Propagation Conditions (Note 1)		Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference Value		UE Category
		Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 1	Cell 2		Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) Note 5	SNR (dB) (Note 2)
1	R.11 FDD Note 4	OP.1 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA 5	EVA 5	2×2 Low	70	12.9	2-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of cell 1. Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 4 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

8.2.1.3.3_D

8.2.1.3.3_E FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC

8.2.1.3.3_E.1 FDD PDSCH Open Loop Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC (demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured, non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cells with CRS assistance information.

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE and CRS interference handling – Category ≥2 release 11 and forward. Applicability requires support of FGI bit 115.

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with large delay CDD is specified.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	1	126
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
PDSCH transmission mode			3	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Test Number

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions (Note 1)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)

Reference Value

UE Category

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)

SNR (dB) (Note 3)

R.11 FDD (Note 4)

OP.1FDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

13.9

≥2

R.35 FDD (Note 4)

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

22.6

≥2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.

Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.3.4.

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2 with exceptions listed in 5.2A.5. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.3.

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 according to Tables 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.5-1, 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.5-2 and C.3.3-2 of Annex C.3.3 as appropriate. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC.

2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2.

3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5.1 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm3
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm3	11
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.3-2: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5, Table 5.2A.5.1.1-2 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1000000010000000 1000000010000000 10000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
CRS-AssistancedInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11{		2 entries
CRS-AssistancedInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11	1		Cell 2
	126		Cell 3
antennaPortsCount-r11	an2		Cell 2, Cell 3
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig{			Cell 2, Cell 3
MBSFN-SubframeConfig:: = SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE{
oneFrame	‘000000’ B	non-MBSFN
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH open loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.3.3_E.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) non-MBSFN ABS

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93.1 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.3-2
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	1	126
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
PDSCH transmission mode			3	Note 9	Note 9
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [5] Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5. Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.3.3_E.1.5-2: Test Requirement Large Delay CDD (FRC)

Test Number

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Conditions (Note 1)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)

Reference Value

UE Category

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Cell 1

Cell 2

Cell 3

Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)

SNR (dB) (Note 3)

R.11 FDD (Note 4)

8.8

6.8

OP.1FDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

14.8

≥2

R.35 FDD (Note 4)

8.8

0.8

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

2×2 Low

23.5

≥2

Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.

Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.

Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

8.2.1.4 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Spatial Multiplexing Performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)

8.2.1.4.1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2

8.2.1.4.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8.

8.2.1.4.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-2 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-4 for the specified SNR. For single-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified.

Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1	Test 1A	Test 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6	4	50
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8	8	8
Reporting interval		ms	1	1	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2	PUSCH 1-2	PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			001111	001111	001111
PDSCH transmission mode			4	4	4
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.5	1-5
1A(Note 1)	5 MHz	R.10-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.9	1-5
2	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-2.3	1-5
Note 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.

Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-3: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Parameter		Unit	Test 3	Test 4	Test 4A
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	50	25
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8	8	8
Reporting interval		ms	1	1	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	PUSCH 3-1	PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			110000	110000	110000
PDSCH transmission mode			4	4	4
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	12.9	2-5
4	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	14.3	2-5
4A (Note 1)	5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	14.0	2-5
Note 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-2 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-4 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-3 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.1.4.3.

8.2.1.4.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. For single-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-2. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-3 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-4. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.5-2 as appropriate.

5. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each test interval in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.1.4.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1, 1A, 2

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	001111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3, 4, 4A

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	110000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single -layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 1, 1A

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 2, 3, 4, 4A

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm31
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

8.2.1.4.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.1.4.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.3-3 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-1.6	1-5
1A(Note 1)	5 MHz	R.10-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.0	1-5
2	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-1.4	1-5
Note 1: Test case is applicable (according to sub clause 8.1.2.1) to UE’s which, from the E-UTRA operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1, support only E-UTRA band 31.

Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	13.8	2-5
4	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	15.2	2-5
4A (Note 1)	5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	14.9	2-5
Note 1: Test case is applicable (according to sub clause 8.1.2.1) to UE’s which, from the E-UTRA operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1, support only E-UTRA band 31.

8.2.1.4.1_1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.1.4.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.4.1.1

8.2.1.4.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 9 and forward.

8.2.1.4.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.4.1.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-1: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.5	1-8
1A (Note 1)	5 MHz	R.10-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.9	1-8
2	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-2.3	1-8
Note 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.35 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EPA5	2×2 Low	70	18.9	2-8
4	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	14.3	2-8
4A (Note 1)	5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	14.0	2-8
Note 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.1_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.4.1.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.5-2.

8.2.1.4.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirement as in clause 8.2.1.4.1.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.1.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.5-2.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
1	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-1.6	1-8
1A (Note 1)	5 MHz	R.10-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	-2.0	1-8
2	10 MHz	R.10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EPA5	2×2 High	70	-1.4	1-8
Note 1: Test case is applicable (according to sub clause 8.1.2.1) to UE’s which, from the E-UTRA operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1, support only E-UTRA band 31.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_1.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)	UE Category
3	10 MHz	R.35 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EPA5	2×2 Low	70	+19.8	2-8
4	10 MHz	R.11 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	+15.2	2-8
4A (Note 1)	5 MHz	R.11-2 FDD	OP.1 FDD	ETU70	2×2 Low	70	14.9	2-8
Note 1: Test case is applicable (according to sub clause 8.1.2.1) to UE’s which, from the E-UTRA operating bands defined in Table 5.2-1, support only E-UTRA band 31.

8.2.1.4.1_A to D

8.2.1.4.1_E FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC

8.2.1.4.1_E.1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for feICIC (non-MBSFN ABS)

8.2.1.4.1_E.1 Test purpose

To verify The purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [14] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information.

8.2.1.4.1_E.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE and CRS interference handling – UE Category ≥2 release 11 and forward. Applicability requires support of FGI bit 115.

8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-1. In Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information TS 36.331 [5] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-2	12	10
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
PDSCH transmission mode			6	Note 9	Note 9
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	N/A	N/A
PMI delay (Note 10)		ms	8	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	1	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			1111	N/A	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 12: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions (Note 1)			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)	SNR (dB) (Note 3)	UE Category
1	R.11 FDD (Note 4)	OP.1FDD	OP.1FDD	OP.1FDD	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 High	70	6.1	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1. Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.1C.

8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2 with exceptions listed in 5.2A.5. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3.

8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the parameters for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5-1, 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5-2, and C.3.3.2 of Annex C.3.3. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC.

2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B clause B.2

3. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

4. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5-2 as appropriate.

5. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5.1 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3-1: RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m): Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.5, Table 5.2A.5.1.1-2 RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n,m)
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
RadioResourceConfigDedicated-SRB2-DRB(n, m) ::= SEQUENCE {
MeasSubframePatternPCell-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘1000000010000000 1000000010000000 10000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
neighCellsCRS-Info-r11 ::= CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
CRS-AssistancedInfoList-r11 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF CRS-AssistanceInfo-r11{		2 entries
CRS-AssistancedInfo-r11 ::= SEQUENCE {
physCellId-r11	126		Cell 2
	1		Cell 3
antennaPortsCount-r11	an2		Cell 2, Cell 3
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList-r11::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF MBSFN-SubframeConfig{			Cell 2, Cell 3
MBSFN-SubframeConfig:: = SEQUENCE {
radioframeAllocationPeriod	n1
radioframeAllocationOffset	0
subframeAllocation CHOICE{
oneFrame	‘000000’ B	non-MBSFN
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT_
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	rm31
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
csi-MeasSubframeSet1-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
csi-MeasSubframeSet2-r10 CHOICE {
subframePatternFDD-r10	‘00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111’	BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.4.3-4: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm6
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm6	1111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4_E.1.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	N/A	N/A
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 2)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-98 (Note 3)	N/A	N/A
		dBm/15kHz	-93.1 (Note 4)	N/A	N/A
		dB	Reference Value in Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5-2	11.8	9.8
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Subframe Configuration			Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN	Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells		μs	N/A	3	-1
Frequency shift between Cells		Hz	N/A	300	-100
Cell Id			0	126	1
ABS pattern (Note 5)			N/A	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe Pattern (Note 6)			10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000 10000000	N/A	N/A
CSI Subframe Sets (Note7)	C_CSI,0		11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000 11000000	N/A	N/A
	C_CSI,1		00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111 00111111	N/A	N/A
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	Note 8	Note 8
PDSCH transmission mode			6	Note 9	Note 9
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	N/A	N/A
PMI delay (Note 10)		ms	8	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	1	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			1111	N/A	N/A
Cyclic prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Note 1: . Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS. Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [14]. Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI measurements defined in TS 36.331 [5]. Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe indicated by “0” of ABS pattern. Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as defined in TS 36.521-1 [10] Annex A.5. Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 11: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same. Note 12: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_E.1.5-2: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions (Note 1)			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 2)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) (Note 5)	SNR (dB) (Note 3)	UE Category
1	R.11 FDD (Note 4)	OP.1FDD	OP.1FDD	OP.1FDD	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 High	70	7.0	≥2
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1. Note 4: Cell 1 reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel. Note 5: The maximum throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.

8.2.1.4.1_H FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 for 256QAM in DL

8.2.1.4.1_H.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.4.1.1

8.2.1.4.1_H.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 12 and forward that support 256QAM in DL.

8.2.1.4.1_H.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-2,with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2	Test 2A	Test 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0	0	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	-98	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	25	6
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8	8	8
Reporting interval		ms	1	1	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1	PUSCH 3-1	PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			110000	110000	110000
PDSCH transmission mode			4	4	4
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH per component carrier		OFDM symbol	2	3	2
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category	UE DL category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
3	10MHz 256QAM	R. 65 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	25.3	11-12	≥11
Note 1: Void.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.2.

8.2.1.4.1_H.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.1_H.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.1_H.4.3.

8.2.1.4.1_H.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

5. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each test interval in Tables 8.2.1.4.1_H.5-1 as appropriate.

8.2.1.4.1_H.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	110000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test number 3

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

8.2.1.4.1_H.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.1.4.1_H.3-1 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.4.1_H.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.1_H.5-1: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category	UE DL category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
3	10MHz 256QAM	R.65 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	26.2	11-12	≥11
Note 1: Void.

8.2.1.4.2A FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C

8.2.1.4.2A.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed loop rank-two spatial multiplexing with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

8.2.1.4.2A.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 12 and forward UE of Category ≥ 2 that support enhanced receiver Type C.

8.2.1.4.2A.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.2A.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2A.3-2 for the specified SNR.

Table 8.2.1.4.2A.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	50
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			110000
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).

Table 8.2.1.4.2A.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU70

2×2 Medium

18.3

≥2

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.2A.

8.2.1.4.2A.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2A.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.4.2A.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10 for antenna configuration 2×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.2A.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2A.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2A.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.2A.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2A.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.4.2A.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.1.4.2A.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.2A.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm4	110000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2A.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm31
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

8.2.1.4.2A.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.2A.3-1 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.2A.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2A.5-1: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.11 FDD

OP.1 FDD

ETU70

2×2 Medium

19.2

≥2

8.2.1.4.2 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2

8.2.1.4.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.2.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 8.

8.2.1.4.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.1.4.2.3-2 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-4 for the specified SNR. For single-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified.

Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Parameter		Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001111111111111111
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: Note 2:

Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-3.2

1-5

Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-3: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Parameter		Unit	Test 2
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)

Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

10.5

2-5

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Tables 8.2.1.4.2.3-2 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-4 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.11 for antenna configuration 4×2.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-3 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. For single-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-2. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.2.3-3 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-4. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 1 and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 4.

5. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each test interval in Tables 8.2.1.4.2.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.1.4.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation for Test numbers 1, 2

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power for Test number 1

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001111111111111111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation Test number 2

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop single/multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation Test number 1, 2

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

8.2.1.4.2.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.1.4.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.3-3 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.4.25-1 and 8.2.1.4.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-2.3

1-5

Table 8.2.1.4.2.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.14 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

11.4

2-5

8.2.1.4.2_1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single/Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 (Release 9 and forward)

8.2.1.4.2_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 8.2.1.4.2.1

8.2.1.4.2_1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 9 and forward.

8.2.1.4.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 8.2.1.4.2.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.3-1: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-3.2

1-8

Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.36 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

14.7

2-8

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.2_1.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 8.2.1.4.2.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.3-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.3-4 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.3-2.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.5-2.

8.2.1.4.2_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirement as in clause 8.2.1.4.2.5 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.5-1.

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2.5-2 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.5-2.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.5-1: Test requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.13 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EVA5

4×2 Low

-2.3

1-8

Table 8.2.1.4.2_1.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

Test number

Band-width

Reference Channel

OCNG Pattern

Propagation Condition

Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration

Reference value

UE Category

Fraction of Maximum

Throughput (%)

SNR (dB)

10 MHz

R.36 FDD

OP.1 FDD

EPA5

4×2 Low

+15.6

2-8

8.2.1.4.2_A FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA

8.2.1.4.2_A.1 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (2DL CA)

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to E-UTRA FDD release10 and forward UE of category ≥ 2 which supports inter-band OR intra-band contiguous DL CA.

This test also applies to E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of category ≥ 2 that supports intra-band non-contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in terms of the percentage of information bit throughput for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2, with the addition of the relevant parameters in Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Using this configuration the fraction of maximum throughput percentage shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified in Tables 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-2 for the specified SNR. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding is specified.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-2. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA with 2DL CCs

Test num.	Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value		UE category
						Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	2×10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.8	≥3
2	2×20 MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.9	≥5
3	2×5 MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5	≥2
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.14 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1	≥3
		R.14-6 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	9.5
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.14-7 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1	≥3
		R.14-6 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	9.5
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.14-5 FDD for 3MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5	≥3
		R.14-6 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)			70	9.5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.3 for 2 DL CC.

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 2DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	10+10	20+20	5+5	10+5	15+5	3+5
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Intra-band contiguous CA (CA2_C)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA2_N2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test5	Test5	Test6
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select any one of the UE supported CA capabilities and then moving from left to right select the first CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE within the chosen CA capability.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.46 as appropriate for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1, 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents for PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-1, PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-2, PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-2A, CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-4, CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-5, CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-6, PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT is defined in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-7.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.5.1.2, Table 5.5.1.2-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10	CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11000000	P-Cell, S-Cell report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10	0
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.1.4.2_A.1.5 Test requirement

Tables 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.3-1 define the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.1.5-1: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Test num.	Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value			UE category
Test num.	Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band	UE category
1	2×10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.7	10.2	≥3
2	2×20 MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.8	10.3	≥5
3	2×5 MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9	≥2
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.14 FDD for 10MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5	≥3
4	10MHz+5MHz	R.14-6 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9	≥3
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.14-7 FDD for 15MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5	≥3
5	15MHz+5MHz	R.14-6 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9	≥3
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.14-5 FDD for 3MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (Note 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9	≥3
6	3MHz+5MHz	R.14-6 FDD for 5MHz CC	OP.1 FDD (NOTE 1)	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9	≥3
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.4.2_A.2 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (3DL CA)

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 10 and forward UE of category ≥ 5 that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of category ≥ 5 that support 3DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2a.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3 with channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
7	15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+15MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
10	10MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 3DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
CA Capability	3×20	20+20+15	20+20+10	20+15+15	20+15+10	20+10+10	15+15+10	20+10+5	20+15+5	10+10+5
Intra-band contiguous (CA3_C)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA3_A2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA3_A3)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA3_N2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7	Test8	Test9	Test10
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.61 for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure A.87 for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3.

3. The SS activates SCCs by sending the MAC-CE according to TS 36.321 [13] clauses 5.13 and 6.1.3.8. Wait for at least 2 seconds as per TS 36.133 [4] clause 8.3.3.2.

4. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-1 and 8.2.1.3.1_A.2.3-2 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. The SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carriers according to Tables 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 as appropriate.

7. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.5.1.2, Table 5.5.1.2-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
cqi-ReportConfig-r10	CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode-r10	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000	BIT STRING
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10	CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10	CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r9	Not present
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11100000	P-Cell, S-Cells report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10	0
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10	Not present
pmi-RI-Report-r10	Not present
}

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffset-ACK-Index	5
betaOffset-RI-Index	6
betaOffset-CQI-Index	5
}

8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3	9.8
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
7	15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+15MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 per CC	≥5
10	10MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.4.2_A.3 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (4DL CA)

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of category ≥ 5 that support 4DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2b.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3 with channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
7	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
10	15MHz+15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
11	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
12	5MHz+10MHz+10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 4DL CA

CA Capability

Bandwidth combination

4×20

20+20+

20+15

20+20+

20+10

20+20+

15+15

20+20+

15+10

20+20+

10+10

20+15+

15+10

20+15+

10+10

20+10+

10+10

15+15+

15+10

20+20+

10+5

5+10+10+20

Intra-band contiguous (CA4_C)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Test8

Test9

Test10

Test11

Test12

Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA4_A3)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Test8

Test9

Test10

Test11

Test12

Inter-band CA (four bands)

(CA4_A4)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Test8

Test9

Test10

Test11

Test12

Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks)

(CA4_N2)

Test1

Test2

Test3

Test4

Test5

Test6

Test7

Test8

Test9

Test10

Test11

Test12

Note 1: Only one test point is tested.
Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11110000	P-Cell, S-Cells report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
10MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 4DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
5	20MHz+20MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
6	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
7	20MHz+15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
8	20MHz+15MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
9	20MHz+10MHz+10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
10	15MHz+15MHz+15MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
11	20MHz+20MHz+10MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
12	5MHz+10MHz+10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.3.5-1 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.4.2_A.4 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (5DL CA)

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 11 and forward UE of category 8, 11 or higher that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 12 and forward UE of category 8, 11 or higher that support 5DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2c.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 5 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3 with channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
3	10MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
4	2x10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
5	5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
6	3x10MHz+2x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
7	4x10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 5DL CA

CA Capability		Bandwidth combination
CA Capability		5×20	15+4×20	10+4×20	2×10+3×20	5+10+3×20	3×10+2×20	4×10+20
Intra-band contiguous (CA5_C)	Test1		Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA5_A2)	Test1		Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7
Inter-band CA (three bands) (CA5_A3)	Test1		Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7
Inter-band_CA (four bands) (CA_A4)	Test1		Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7
Inter-band_CA (five bands) (CA_A5)	Test1		Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7
Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks) (CA5_N2)	Test1		Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5	Test6	Test7
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.61.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.5-1

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-5  use Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.3-1

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111000	P-Cell, S-Cells report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.1.4.2_A.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3
3	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
5	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
10	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
15	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
20	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.4.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 5DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	5x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-5 per CC	8, ≥11
2	15MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-5 per CC	8, ≥11
3	10MHz+4x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-5 per CC	8, ≥11
4	2x10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-5 per CC	8, ≥11
5	5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-5 per CC	8, ≥11
6	3x10MHz+2x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-5 per CC	8, ≥11
7	4x10MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-5 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.4.2_A.5 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (6DL CA)

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on four antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 6DL with CA configurations in Table 7.1-2d.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.3-4, and with PUCCH format 3 for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.3-6. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	6x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.1-1

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 6DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	6×20
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA6_A4)	Test1
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5-1

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-5  use Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.3-1

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111100	P-Cell, S-Cells report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5-1.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5-1: Single carrier Test requirement for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3
3	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
5	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
10	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
15	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
20	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 6DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	6x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.5.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.4.2_A.6 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for CA (7DL CA)

Editor’s note: The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– Applicability spec.

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on four antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing.

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.2 Test applicability

This test case also applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 14 and forward UE of categories 8, category 11 or higher that support 7DL with CA configurations in Table [7.1-2].

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA with 7DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

Parameter		Unit	Value
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
CSI request field (Note 3)			‘10’
PDSCH transmission mode			4
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1^st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.3-4, and with PUCCH format 3 for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.3-6. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	7x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-2 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.1-1.

CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.1-1

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 7DL CA

CA Capability	Bandwidth combination
	7×20
Inter-band CA (four bands) (CA7_A4)	Test1
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported CA capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.3.

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.2 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5-1

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.2.4.3-5  use Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.3-1

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10	rm12
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE {
trigger1-r10	11111100	P-Cell, S-Cells report
trigger2-r10	00000000	No report
}
}
}

8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

For CA with 6DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5-2, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5-1.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5-1: Single carrier Test requirement for multiple CA configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4	R.14-4 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.3
3	R.14-5 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
5	R.14-6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4
10	R.14 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
15	R.14-7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0
20	R.14-3 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2

Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5-2: Test requirement (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 7DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	7x20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2_A.6.5-1 per CC	8, ≥11
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.4.3 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 with TM4 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A

8.2.1.4.3.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3.

8.2.1.4.3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 11 and forward that support enhanced receiver Type A.

8.2.1.4.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.1.4.3.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.1.4.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-1.73	-8.66
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			6	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.3	As specified in clause B.5.3
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	6	6
PMI delay (Note 4)		ms	8	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			001111	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note6)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			2	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5 and #0.

Table 8.2.1.4.3.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.47 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	0.8	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.1B.

8.2.1.4.3.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.4.3.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.3.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.3.4.3.

8.2.1.4.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.3.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.3.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1 and #6 (Table A.2.2.1.2-1).

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.1.4.3.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SINR according to Tables 8.2.1.4.3.5-2 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5-15 in Annex G clause G.3.

8.2.1.4.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.1.4.3.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig	CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm6
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n2TxAntenna-tm6	1111
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
Release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.3.4.3-2: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	Not present
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE {
setup SEQUENCE {
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex	0
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex	2	(see Table 7.2.2-1A in TS 36.213)
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE {
widebandCQI	NULL
}
ri-ConfigIndex	483	(see Table 7.2.2-1B in TS 36.213)
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI	FALSE
}
}
}

8.2.1.4.3.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.3.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.3.5-2 for the specified SINR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.1.4.3.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter		Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3	-3	-3
		dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3	-3
	σ	dB	0	0	0
Cell-specific reference signals			Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98	N/A	N/A
DIP (Note 2)		dB	N/A	-1.44	-7.77
BW_Channel		MHz	10	10	10
Cyclic Prefix			Normal	Normal	Normal
Cell Id			0	1	2
Number of control OFDM symbols			2	2	2
PDSCH transmission mode			6	N/A	N/A
Interference model			N/A	As specified in clause B.5.3	As specified in clause B.5.3
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells	Rank 1	%	N/A	80	80
	Rank 2	%	N/A	20	20
Precoding granularity		PRB	50	6	6
PMI delay (Note 4)		ms	8	N/A	N/A
Reporting interval		ms	5	N/A	N/A
Reporting mode			PUCCH 1-1	N/A	N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			001111	N/A	N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting			PUSCH(Note6)	N/A	N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex			2	N/A	N/A
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1. Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5 and #0.

Table 8.2.1.4.3.5-2: Test requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Number	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Number	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SINR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.47 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	70	1.79	1-8
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.1.4.3A FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×2 for Dual Connectivity

8.2.1.4.3A.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports using closed-loop spatial multiplexing for Dual Connectivity.

8.2.1.4.3A.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 12 and forward UE of category ≥ 3 that support Dual Connectivity.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.4.3A.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For dual connectivity the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

Parameter		Unit	Values
Downlink power allocation		dB	-6
		dB	-6 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	3
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Precoding granularity		PRB	6 for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, and 8 for 15MHz CCs and 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note 2)		ms	8
Reporting interval		ms	1
Reporting mode			PUSCH 1-2
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap			0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
PDSCH transmission mode			4
ACK/NACK transmission			Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with PUCCH format 1b on the MCG and SCG
CSI feedback			Separate PUSCH feedbacks on the MCG and SCG
Time offset between MCG CC and SCG CC		μs	0 for UE under test supporting synchronous dual connectivity; 334 for UE under test supporting both asynchronous and synchronous dual connectivity (Note 4).
Note 1: . Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. Note 4: Asynchronous and synchronous dual connectivity are defined in TS36.300 [18]. Note 5: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the SCG bearer is configured.

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.36
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	9.5
10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.1
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.3

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-3: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

Test num.	Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	2×20 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	15+20 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2 per CC	≥5
3	10+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2 per CC	≥5
4	2×15 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2 per CC	≥5
5	2×10 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2 per CC	≥3
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different dual connectivity configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3A.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.3A.

8.2.1.4.3A.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.3A.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Tables 8.1.2.3A.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.3A.4.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 DC

DC Capability	Band Configuration
DC Capability	2×20	15+20	10+20	2×15	2×10
Inter-band DC (two bands) (DC_A_2)	Test1	Test2	Test3	Test4	Test5
Note 1: Only one test point is tested. Select the largest aggregated dual connectivity bandwidth combination supported by the UE among the UE supported dual connectivity capabilities.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.3A.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for the MCG CC (PCell) and SCG CC (PSCell) are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. If the Split bearer is only supported, ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-DC2 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2B. Otherwise, ensure that the UE is in State 3A-RF-DC1 according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2A. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.3A.4.3.

8.2.1.4.3A.4.2 Test procedure

1. The SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.4.3A.3-1 and 8.2.1.4.3A.3-2 on both MCG CC and SCG CC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. The SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to ’10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR on each of the component carriers according to Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1 as appropriate.

4. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on each of the component carriers.

8.2.1.4.3A.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 4.6 and 5.5 with the following exceptions:

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation (PCell and PSCell)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
p-a	dB-6
}

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation (PCell and PSCell)

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.6 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
antennaInfo CHOICE {
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
transmissionMode	tm4
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
n4TxAntenna-tm4	0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000
}
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE {
release	NULL
}
}
}
}

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT: Additional FDD PDSCH closed loop multi-layer spatial multiplexing performance downlink power allocation (PCell and PSCell)

Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {			RBC
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic	rm12
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset	0
cqi-ReportPeriodic	Not present
}

8.2.1.4.3A.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propa-gation condi-tion	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
1.4MHz	R.14-4 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.26	9.76
3MHz	R.14-5 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
5MHz	R.14-6 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	10.4	8.9
10 MHz	R.14 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
15MHz	R.14-7 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.0	9.5
20MHz	R.14-3 FDD	OP. 1 FDD	EVA5	4×2 Low	70	11.2	9.7

Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-2: Test requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

Test num.	Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	2×20 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1 per CC	≥5
2	15+20 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1 per CC	≥5
3	10+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1 per CC	≥5
4	2×15 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1 per CC	≥5
5	2×10 MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A.5-1 per CC	≥3
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different dual connectivity configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3A.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.4.4 FDD PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×2 with TM4 Interference Model – Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B

8.2.1.4.4.1 Test purpose

The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.6.3.

8.2.1.4.4.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 12 and forward that support enhanced performance requirement Type B.

8.2.1.4.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.4-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.4.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. In Table 8.2.1.4.4.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.

Table 8.2.1.4.4.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2		Cell 3
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3		-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3		-3
		σ	dB	0	0		0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1		Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
Test number (Note 4)					Test 1	Test 2	Test 1	Test 2
			dB	N/A	13.91	3.28	3.34	0.74
Cell Id					6	1	1	6
CFI indicated in PCFICH					3	Random from set {1,2,3}	3	Random from set {1,2,3}
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10		10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal		Normal
Number of control OFDM symbols				3	3		3
PDSCH transmission mode				4	4		4
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Precoding				Random wideband precoding per TTI	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2		3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200		300
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured		Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (Note 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}		{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}		{2,3,4,8,9}
Note 1: Note 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331 [5]. Note 4: Test 1 and Test 2 are defined in Table 8.2.1.4.4.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.4.4.3-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Num	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Num	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	85	17.0	≥1
2	R.11-9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	10.1	≥1
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.4.1D.

8.2.1.4.4.4 Test description

8.2.1.4.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.4.4.3-2, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.48.

2. The parameter settings for the cell 1 are set up according to Tables 8.2.1-1 and 8.2.1.4.4.5-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.4.4.4.3.

8.2.1.4.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC with randomly selected precoding matrix from codebook (Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in TS36.211 [8]) every TTI according to Tables 8.2.1.4.4.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.4.5-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. SS sets up parameters for cell 2 and cell 3 according to table 8.2.1.4.4.5-1 as appropriate. The CFIs indicated in PCFICH are randomly selected per TTI.

3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Table 8.2.1.4.4.5-2 as appropriate.

5. The SS shall release all NAICS configuration in the UE using procedure in TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.6.1 with the condition NAICS_RELEASE.

6. Repeat steps from 1 to 5 for each subtest in Tables 8.2.1.4.4.5-1 and 8.2.1.4.4.5-2 as appropriate.

8.2.1.4.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 and clause 5.2A.6.2 with the condition SRB2-DRB_NAICS(n,m) with the following exceptions.

Table 8.2.1.4.4.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT message disabling CQI reporting

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2
Information Element	Value/remark	Comment	Condition
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {
cqi-ReportConfig	Not present
}

8.2.1.4.4.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.4.4.5-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.4.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances.

Table 8.2.1.4.4.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Parameter			Unit	Cell 1	Cell 2		Cell 3
Downlink power allocation			dB	-3	-3		-3
			dB	-3 (Note 1)	-3		-3
		σ	dB	0	0		0
Cell-specific reference signals				Antenna ports 0,1	Antenna ports 0,1		Antenna ports 0,1
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	-98
Test number (Note 4)					Test 1	Test 2	Test 1	Test 2
			dB	N/A	14.71	4.08	4.14	1.54
Cell Id					6	1	1	6
CFI indicated in PCFICH					3	Random from set {1,2,3}	3	Random from set {1,2,3}
BW_Channel			MHz	10	10		10
Cyclic Prefix				Normal	Normal		Normal
Number of control OFDM symbols				3	3		3
PDSCH transmission mode				4	4		4
Interference model				N/A	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Precoding				Random wideband precoding per TTI	As specified in clause B.6.3		As specified in clause B.6.3
Time offset to cell 1			us	N/A	2		3
Frequency offset to cell 1			Hz	N/A	200		300
MBSFN				Not configured	Not configured		Not configured
NeighCellsInfo-r12 (Note 3)	p-aList-r12			N/A	{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}		{dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
	transmissionModeList-r12			N/A	{2,3,4,8,9}		{2,3,4,8,9}
Note 1: Note 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells. Note 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of TS36.331 [5]. Note 4: Test 1 and Test 2 are defined in Table 8.2.1.4.4.5-2.

Table 8.2.1.4.4.5-2: Test Requirement for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Test Num	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern			Propagation Conditions			Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Reference Value		UE Category
Test Num	Reference Channel	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Cell 1	Cell 2	Cell 3	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3)	Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB) (Note 2)	UE Category
1	R.11-10 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EVA5	EVA5	EVA5	2×2 Low	85	18.85	≥1
2	R.11-9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	N/A	N/A	EPA5	EPA5	EPA5	2×2 Low	85	11.64	≥1
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent. Note 2: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1. Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

8.2.1.5

8.2.1.6 8.2.1.7 Carrier aggregation with power imbalance

Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:

– Connection diagram in Annex A of TS 36.508 is TBD

– Test tolerances are undefined

– The minimum test time need to be added to G.3A.5

8.2.1.7_A.1 FDD Carrier aggregation with power imbalance (intra-band contiguous DL CA)

8.2.1.7_A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify the ability of an intraband adjacent carrier aggregation UE to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell or SCell in the presence of a stronger SCell signal on an adjacent frequency. Throughput is measured on the PCell or SCell only.

8.2.1.7_A.1.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA.

Note: This test also applies to UE supporting 4Rx antenna ports.

8.2.1.7_A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to table C.3.2-1 in Annex C.

Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter			Unit	Test 1	Test 2-3
Downlink power allocation			dB	0	0
			dB	0 (Note 1)	0 (Note 1)
	σ		dB	0	0
at antenna port			dBm/15kHz	Off (Note 2)	Off (Note 2)
Symbols for unused PRBs				OCNG (Note 3)	OCNG (Note 3)
Modulation				64 QAM	64 QAM
Maximum number of HARQ transmission				1	1
Redundancy version coding sequence				{0}	{0}
PDSCH transmission mode of PCell				1	3
PDSCH transmission mode of SCell				3	1
OCNG Pattern		PCell		OP.1 FDD	OP.5 FDD
OCNG Pattern		SCell		OP.5 FDD	OP.1 FDD
Propagation Conditions		PCell		Clause B.1	Clause B.1
Propagation Conditions		SCell		Clause B.1	Clause B.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna		PCell		1×2	2×2
Correlation Matrix and Antenna		SCell		2×2	1×2
Note 1: for 1×2 and for 2×2 antenna configuration. Note 2: No external noise sources are applied Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated. pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 4: Void

Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA

Test Number	Bandwidth (MHz)		Reference channel		Power at antenna port (dBm/15KHz)		Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)		UE Category
Test Number	PCell	SCell	PCell	SCell	for PCell	for Scell	PCell	SCell
1	20	20	R.49 FDD	NA	-85	-79	85	NA	≥5
2	10	10	NA	R.49-1 FDD	-79	[-85.8]	NA	85	≥5
3	5	5	NA	R.49-2 FDD	-79	[-85.9]	NA	85	≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern for PCell is used to fill the control channel. The OCNG pattern for SCell is used to fill the control channel and PDSCH. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.7.

8.2.1.7_A.1.4 Test description

8.2.1.7_A.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group TBD for UE supporting only 2Rx RF bands on all CC. Annex A, Figure TBD for UE supporting 4Rx RF band on any of the CC.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1and 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.7_A.1.4.3.

8.2.1.7_A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels except control channel and PDSCH.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.7_A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-1 and 8.2.1.7_A.1.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition and the correlation matrix on each of the component carriers according to Tables 8.2.1.7_A.1.5-1 as appropriate.

6. Measure the average throughput on PCC in test number 1 or measure the average throughput on SCC in test number 2 or 3 for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A, Table G.3A.5-1. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test on PCC in test number 1 or on SCC in test number 2 or 3.

8.2.1.7_A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 3, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

8.2.1.7_A.1.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.5-1defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.5-1 for the specified cell power levels including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.7_A.1.5-1: Test Requirement (FRC) for CA

Test Number	Bandwidth (MHz)		Reference channel		Power at antenna port (dBm/15KHz)		Reference value Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)		UE Category
Test Number	PCell	SCell	PCell	SCell	for PCell	for Scell	PCell	SCell
1	20	20	R.49 FDD	NA	-85	-79	85	NA	≥5
2	10	10	NA	R.49-1 FDD	-79	[-85.8]	NA	85	≥5
3	5	5	NA	R.49-2 FDD	-79	[-85.9]	NA	85	≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern for PCell is used to fill the control channel. The OCNG pattern for SCell is used to fill the control channel and PDSCH. Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.

Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.

8.2.1.8 FFS

8.2.1.9 FDD PDSCH performance in HST-SFN scenario

Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:

– 36.521-2 spec need to be introduced

8.2.1.9.1 Test purpose

To verify the UE‘s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for transmission on two antenna ports in the HST-SFN scenario defined in B.3A when highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag is received.

8.2.1.9.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward that support demodulationEnhancements-r14.

8.2.1.9.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.9.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.9.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.1.9.3-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)

Parameter	Unit	Test 1
Downlink power allocation		dB	-3
		dB	-3 (NOTE 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
PDSCH transmission mode			3
NOTE 1: .

Table 8.2.1.9.3-2: Minimum performance UE in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	10 MHz	R.87 FDD	OP.1 FDD	HST-SFN	2×2	70	13.3	≥1
NOTE 1: The requirement defined is based on the normalized channel model, i.e., the power of each tap is normalized to the instantaneous total received power from four taps.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.9.

8.2.1.9.4 Test description

8.2.1.9.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.9.3-2 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.10.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1and 8.2.1.9.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.3A.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.9.3.

8.2.1.9.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.9.3-1 and 8.2.1.9.3-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.2.1.9.3-2as appropriate.

8.2.1.9.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.1.9.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.9.3-2 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.9.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.9.5-1: Test requirement for UE in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)

Test number	Band-width	Reference Channel	OCNG Pattern	Propagation Condition	Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration	Reference value		UE Category
						Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
1	10 MHz	R.87 FDD	OP.1 FDD	HST-SFN	2×2	70	13.9	≥1
NOTE 1: The requirement defined is based on the normalized channel model.

8.2.1.10 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing (3DL CA)

8.2.1.10.1 Test purpose

To verify the ability of an UE supporting intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell and SCell(s). Throughput is measured on each cell. The minimum channel spacing of intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation refers to the possible minimum channel spacing as any multiple of 300 kHz less than the nominal channel spacing.

8.2.1.10.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD release 15 and forward of UE category 5 or higher that support inter+intra-band contiguous DL CA with ≥3 CCs

8.2.1.10.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For CA the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.10.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.10.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

Table 8.2.1.10.3-1: Test Parameters for CA

Parameter		Unit	Test 1-2
Downlink power allocation		dB	0
		dB	0 (Note 1)
	σ	dB	0
at antenna port		dBm/15kHz	-98
Symbols for unused PRBs			OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation			64QAM
ACK/NACK feedback mode			PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
PDSCH transmission mode			1
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.

Table 8.2.1.10.3-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations with minimum channel spacing

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB)
5MHz	R.6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.4
10MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.7
15MHz	R.8 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.7
20MHz	R.9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	17.6

Table 8.2.1.10.3-3: Minimum performance (FRC) for intra-band CA with minimum channel spacing for CA with 2DL CCs

Test num.	CA Band-width combination	Requirement	UE category
1	20MHz+20MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.10.3-2 per CC	≥5
2	20MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.10.3-2 per CC	≥5
3	20MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.10.3-2 per CC	≥5
4	20MHz+5MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.10.3-2 per CC	≥5
5	15MHz+15MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.10.3-2 per CC	≥5
6	10MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.10.3-2 per CC	≥5
7	5MHz+10MHz	As specified in Table 8.2.1.10.3-2 per CC	≥5
Note 1: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets are defined in 8.1.2.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.2.1.10.

8.2.1.10.4 Test description

8.2.1.10.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.

Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap with minimum channel spacing, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1.

Channel Bandwidths to be tested: As specified per test number in Table 8.2.1.10.3-3 as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.1

1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.35.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.1-1and 8.2.1.10.3-1 as appropriate.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.

4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.10.3.

8.2.1.10.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.2.1.10.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1A for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.2.1.10.3-1 and 8.2.1.10.3-2 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.

8.2.1.10.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.

8.2.1.10.5 Test requirement

Table 8.2.1.10.3-1 defines the primary level settings.

The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 8.2.1.10.5-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.

Table 8.2.1.10.5-1: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations with minimum channel spacing

Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Reference value
Band-width	Reference channel	OCNG pattern	Propagation condition	Correlation matrix and antenna config.	Fraction of maximum throughput (%)	SNR (dB) for CC on 2Rx supported RF band	SNR (dB) for CC on 4Rx supported RF band
5MHz	R.6 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.2	16.7
10MHz	R.7 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.5	17
15MHz	R.8 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.5	17
20MHz	R.9 FDD	OP.1 FDD	EVA5	1×2 Low	70	18.4	16.9